blob: 5f895520e828abc2ecfd0199372fa4187a9da0bf [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02005# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006#
7
8Summary:
9========
10
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000011This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000012Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
13processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
14initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
15code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000016
17The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000018the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
19header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000020support booting of Linux images.
21
22Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
23configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
24implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
25add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
26code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
27load and run it dynamically.
28
29
30Status:
31=======
32
33In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000035"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
36
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000037In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +020038who contributed the specific port. The boards.cfg file lists board
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010039maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000040
Robert P. J. Dayadb9d852012-11-14 02:03:20 +000041Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree;
42it can be created dynamically from the Git log using:
43
44 make CHANGELOG
45
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000046
47Where to get help:
48==================
49
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
51U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050052<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
53on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
54Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
55http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
57
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010058Where to get source code:
59=========================
60
61The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
62git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
63http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
64
65The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020066any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010067available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
68directory.
69
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010070Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010071ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
72
73
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000074Where we come from:
75===================
76
77- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000078- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000079- clean up code
80- make it easier to add custom boards
81- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
82- extend functions, especially:
83 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
84 * S-Record download
85 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020086 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000087- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000088- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +020090- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000091
92
93Names and Spelling:
94===================
95
96The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
97"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
98in source files etc.). Example:
99
100 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
101
102File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
103
104 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
105
106 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
107
108Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
109the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
110
111 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
112 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000113
114
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000115Versioning:
116===========
117
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200118Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
119were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
120into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
121names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
122Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
123releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000124
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200125Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000126 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200127 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
128 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000129
130
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000131Directory Hierarchy:
132====================
133
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500134/arch Architecture specific files
Masahiro Yamada6eae68e2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900135 /arc Files generic to ARC architecture
136 /cpu CPU specific files
137 /arc700 Files specific to ARC 700 CPUs
138 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500139 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
140 /cpu CPU specific files
141 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
142 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmann6eb09212011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000143 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200144 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
145 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500146 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
147 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500148 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500149 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
150 /lib Architecture specific library files
151 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
152 /cpu CPU specific files
153 /lib Architecture specific library files
154 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
155 /cpu CPU specific files
156 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500157 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
158 /cpu CPU specific files
159 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
160 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
161 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
162 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
163 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
164 /lib Architecture specific library files
165 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
166 /cpu CPU specific files
167 /lib Architecture specific library files
168 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
169 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200170 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Masahiro Yamada6eae68e2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900171 /mips64 Files specific to MIPS64 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500172 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000173 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
174 /cpu CPU specific files
175 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
176 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500177 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
178 /cpu CPU specific files
179 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400180 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
181 /cpu CPU specific files
182 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200183 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500184 /cpu CPU specific files
185 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
186 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
187 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
188 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500189 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
190 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
191 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
192 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
193 /lib Architecture specific library files
194 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
195 /cpu CPU specific files
196 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
197 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
198 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
199 /lib Architecture specific library files
200 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
201 /cpu CPU specific files
202 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
203 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
204 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400205 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
206 /cpu CPU specific files
207 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500208/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
209/board Board dependent files
210/common Misc architecture independent functions
211/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
212/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
213/drivers Commonly used device drivers
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400214/dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500215/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
216/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
217/include Header Files
218/lib Files generic to all architectures
219 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
220 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
221 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
222/net Networking code
223/post Power On Self Test
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400224/spl Secondary Program Loader framework
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500225/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000226
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000227Software Configuration:
228=======================
229
230Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
231rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
232
233There are two classes of configuration variables:
234
235* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
236 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
237 "CONFIG_".
238
239* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
240 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
241 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200242 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000243
244Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
245identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
246do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
247links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
248as an example here.
249
250
251Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
252---------------------------------------------------
253
254For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
255configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config".
256
257Example: For a TQM823L module type:
258
259 cd u-boot
260 make TQM823L_config
261
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200262For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000263e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent
264directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
265
266
Simon Glass75b3c3a2014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600267Sandbox Environment:
268--------------------
269
270U-Boot can be built natively to run on a Linux host using the 'sandbox'
271board. This allows feature development which is not board- or architecture-
272specific to be undertaken on a native platform. The sandbox is also used to
273run some of U-Boot's tests.
274
275See board/sandbox/sandbox/README.sandbox for more details.
276
277
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000278Configuration Options:
279----------------------
280
281Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
282such information is kept in a configuration file
283"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
284
285Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
286"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
287
288
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000289Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
290kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
291build a config tool - later.
292
293
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000294The following options need to be configured:
295
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500296- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000297
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500298- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200299
300- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen09ea0de2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100301 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000302
303- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
304 Define exactly one of
305 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
306--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
307 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
308 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
309
310- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
311 Define exactly one of
312 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
313
314- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
315 Define one or more of
316 CONFIG_CMA302
317
318- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
319 Define one or more of
320 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200321 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000322 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
323
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000324- Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined)
325 CONFIG_ADSTYPE
326 Possible values are:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200327 CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS
328 CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS
329 CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR
330 CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000331
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530332- Marvell Family Member
333 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
334 multiple fs option at one time
335 for marvell soc family
336
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000337- MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000338 Define exactly one of
339 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000340
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200341- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000342 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
343 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000344 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
345 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000346 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
347 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000348
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000349- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200350 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
351 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000352 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000353 See doc/README.MPC866
354
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200355 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000356
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000357 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
358 of relying on the correctness of the configured
359 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
360 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
361 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200362 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000363
Heiko Schocher506f3912009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100364 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
365
366 Define this option if you want to enable the
367 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
368
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600369- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sunffd06e02012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000370 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
371
372 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
373 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
374 compliance, among other possible reasons.
375
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600376 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
377
378 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
379 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
380 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
381
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500382 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
383
384 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
385 tree nodes for the given platform.
386
Prabhakar Kushwahaafa6b552012-04-29 23:56:13 +0000387 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
388
389 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
390 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
391 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
392 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
393 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
394 purpose.
395
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000396 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
397
398 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
399 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
400 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
401
402 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
403 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
404
405 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
406 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
407
408 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
409 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
410 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
411 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
412
413 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
414 this erratum.
415
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530416 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
417 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
418 requred during NOR boot.
419
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000420 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
421
422 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
423 according to the A004510 workaround.
424
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530425 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
426 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
427 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
428
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530429 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
430 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
431 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
432
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530433 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
434 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
435 connected to the DSP core.
436
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530437 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
438 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
439
Priyanka Jainb1359912013-12-17 14:25:52 +0530440 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
441 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's.
442 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply
443 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock.
444
Aneesh Bansalfb4a2402014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530445 CONFIG_SYS_CPC_REINIT_F
446 This CONFIG is defined when the CPC is configured as SRAM at the
447 time of U-boot entry and is required to be re-initialized.
448
Tang Yuantianaade2002014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800449 CONFIG_DEEP_SLEEP
450 Inidcates this SoC supports deep sleep feature. If deep sleep is
451 supported, core will start to execute uboot when wakes up.
452
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000453- Generic CPU options:
York Sun2a1680e2014-05-02 17:28:04 -0700454 CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA
455 Defines global data is initialized in generic board board_init_f().
456 If this macro is defined, global data is created and cleared in
457 generic board board_init_f(). Without this macro, architecture/board
458 should initialize global data before calling board_init_f().
459
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000460 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
461
462 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
463 values is arch specific.
464
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700465 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
466 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
467 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
468 SoCs.
469
470 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
471 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
472
473 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
474 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
475 deskew training are not available.
476
477 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
478 Freescale DDR1 controller.
479
480 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
481 Freescale DDR2 controller.
482
483 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
484 Freescale DDR3 controller.
485
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700486 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN4
487 Freescale DDR4 controller.
488
York Sun9ac4ffb2013-09-30 14:20:51 -0700489 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
490 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
491
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700492 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
493 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
494 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
495 implemetation.
496
497 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
498 Board config to use DDR2. It can be eanbeld for SoCs with
499 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
500 implementation.
501
502 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
503 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700504 Freescale DDR3 or DDR3L controllers.
505
506 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3L
507 Board config to use DDR3L. It can be enabled for SoCs with
508 DDR3L controllers.
509
510 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4
511 Board config to use DDR4. It can be enabled for SoCs with
512 DDR4 controllers.
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700513
Prabhakar Kushwaha1b4175d2014-01-18 12:28:30 +0530514 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE
515 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian
516
517 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE
518 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian
519
Prabhakar Kushwaha690e4252014-01-13 11:28:04 +0530520 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI
521 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image.
522 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
523
524 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW
525 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image.
526 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution.
527 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
528
Prabhakar Kushwaha89ad7be2014-04-08 19:13:34 +0530529 CONFIG_SPL_FSL_PBL
530 It adds a target to create boot binary having SPL binary in PBI format
531 concatenated with u-boot binary.
532
York Sun4e5b1bd2014-02-10 13:59:42 -0800533 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE
534 Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian
535
536 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE
537 Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian
538
York Sun6b9e3092014-02-10 13:59:43 -0800539 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY
540 Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the
541 same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But
542 it could be different for ARM SoCs.
543
York Sun6b1e1252014-02-10 13:59:44 -0800544 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B
545 DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special
546 interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape
547 SoCs with ARM core.
548
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100549- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200550 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100551
552 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
553 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
554 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
555
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200556 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200557
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100558 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
559 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200560 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100561 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200562
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200563- MIPS CPU options:
564 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
565
566 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
567 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
568 relocation.
569
570 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
571
572 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
573 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
574 Possible values are:
575 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
576 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
577 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
578 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
579 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
580 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
581 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
582 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
583
584 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
585
586 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
587 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
588
589 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
590
591 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
592 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
593 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
594
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000595- ARM options:
596 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
597
598 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
599 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
600
Aneesh V5356f542012-03-08 07:20:19 +0000601 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
602
603 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
604 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
605 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
606 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
607 GCC.
608
Stephen Warrenc5d47522013-03-04 13:29:40 +0000609 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000610 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230
611 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
612 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
Nitin Gargf71cbfe2014-04-02 08:55:01 -0500613 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_794072
Nitin Gargb7588e32014-04-02 08:55:02 -0500614 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_761320
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000615
616 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early
617 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the
618 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection
619 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not
620 set these options unless they apply!
621
Stephen Warren795659d2013-03-27 17:06:41 +0000622- CPU timer options:
623 CONFIG_SYS_HZ
624
625 The frequency of the timer returned by get_timer().
626 get_timer() must operate in milliseconds and this CONFIG
627 option must be set to 1000.
628
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000629- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000630 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
631
632 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
633 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
634 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
635 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
636 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
637 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
638 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000639 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100640 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000641 default environment.
642
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000643 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
644
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200645 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000646 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
647 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
648
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400649 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200650
651 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400652 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
653 concepts).
654
655 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
656 * New libfdt-based support
657 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500658 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400659
Marcel Ziswilerb55ae402009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200660 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
661 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
662 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
663 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200664 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600665 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200666
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200667 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
668 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500669
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600670 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
671
672 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
673 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000674
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500675 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
676
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200677 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500678 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
679
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200680 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
681
682 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
683 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
684 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
685 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
686 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
687 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
688
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000689 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
690
691 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
692 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
693 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
694 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
695 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
696 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
697 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
698
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100699- vxWorks boot parameters:
700
701 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
702 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
703 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
704
705 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
706 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
707 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
708 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
709
710 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
711
712 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
713
714 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
715 the defaults discussed just above.
716
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000717- Cache Configuration:
718 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
719 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
720 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
721
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000722- Cache Configuration for ARM:
723 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
724 controller
725 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
726 controller register space
727
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000728- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200729 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000730
731 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
732
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200733 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000734
735 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
736
737 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
738
739 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
740 the clock speed of the UARTs.
741
742 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
743
744 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
745 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
746 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
747
John Rigby910f1ae2011-04-19 10:42:39 +0000748 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
749
750 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
751 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
752 this variable to initialize the extra register.
753
754 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
755
756 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
757 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
758 variable to flush the UART at init time.
759
Karicheri, Muralidharand57dee52014-04-09 15:38:46 -0400760 CONFIG_SERIAL_HW_FLOW_CONTROL
761
762 Define this variable to enable hw flow control in serial driver.
763 Current user of this option is drivers/serial/nsl16550.c driver
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000764
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000765- Console Interface:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000766 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
767 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
768 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
769 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000770
771 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
772 port routines must be defined elsewhere
773 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
774
775 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
776 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkc53043b2011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000777 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000778 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
779 (default big endian)
780 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
781 rectangle fill
782 (cf. smiLynxEM)
783 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
784 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
785 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
786 (cols=pitch)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000787 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
788 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000789 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
790 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000791 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000792 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
793 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
794 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
795 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
796 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
797 (i.e. i8042_getc)
798 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
799 (requires blink timer
800 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200801 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000802 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
803 upper right corner
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500804 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000805 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
806 upper left corner
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000807 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
808 linux_logo.h for logo.
809 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000810 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200811 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000812 the logo
813
Pali Rohár33a35bb2012-10-19 13:30:09 +0000814 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
815 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
816 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
817
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000818 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
819 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
820 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000821
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000822 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
823 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
824 the "silent" environment variable. See
825 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenka3ad8e22003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000826
Heiko Schocher45ae2542013-10-22 11:06:06 +0200827 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BG_COL: define the backgroundcolor, default
828 is 0x00.
829 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_FG_COL: define the foregroundcolor, default
830 is 0xa0.
831
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000832- Console Baudrate:
833 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
834 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200835 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
836 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000837
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100838- Console Rx buffer length
839 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
840 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher2b3f12c2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100841 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100842 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
843 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
844 the SMC.
845
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000846- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200847 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
848 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
849 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
850 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
851 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
852 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
853 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200854 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200855 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000856
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200857 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
858 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000859
Sonny Rao046a37b2011-11-02 09:52:08 +0000860- Safe printf() functions
861 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
862 the printf() functions. These are defined in
863 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
864 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
865 If this option is not given then these functions will
866 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
867 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
868
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000869- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
870 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
871 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
Joe Hershberger93d72122012-08-17 10:53:12 +0000872 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
873 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000874
875 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
876 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
877 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
878 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
879 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
880 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
881 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
882 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
883 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
884 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
885 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
886 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
887
888- Autoboot Command:
889 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
890 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
891 define a command string that is automatically executed
892 when no character is read on the console interface
893 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
894
895 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000896 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
897 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
898 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000899
900 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000901 The value of these goes into the environment as
902 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
903 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200904 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000905
Heiko Schochereda0ba32013-11-04 14:04:59 +0100906- Bootcount:
907 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
908 Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot
909 cycle, see:
910 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
911
912 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV
913 If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware
914 "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a
915 saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable
916 "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is
917 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is
918 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment.
919 So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available"
920 and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully.
921
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000922- Pre-Boot Commands:
923 CONFIG_PREBOOT
924
925 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
926 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
927 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
928 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
929 entering interactive mode.
930
931 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
932 automatically generated or modified. For an example
933 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
934 modified when the user holds down a certain
935 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
936 booting the systems
937
938- Serial Download Echo Mode:
939 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
940 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
941 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
942 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
943 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
944 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
945 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
946
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500947- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000948 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
949 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200950 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000951
952- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500953 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
954 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warrenc6c621b2012-08-05 16:07:19 +0000955 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
956 commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h>
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500957 and augmenting with additional #define's
958 for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000959
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500960 The default command configuration includes all commands
961 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000962
Marek Vasutb401b732014-03-05 19:58:39 +0100963 CONFIG_CMD_AES AES 128 CBC encrypt/decrypt
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500964 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500965 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
966 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
967 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
968 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
969 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
970 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
Michal Simek08d0d6f2013-11-21 13:39:02 -0800971 CONFIG_CMD_CLK * clock command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500972 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger710b9932010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500973 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500974 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
975 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
976 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tysera7c93102008-12-17 16:36:22 -0600977 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
978 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
979 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
980 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500981 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
982 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser246c6922009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500983 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500984 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
985 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Joe Hershberger5e2b3e02012-12-11 22:16:25 -0600986 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
Joe Hershbergerfffad712012-12-11 22:16:33 -0600987 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
Andrew Ruder88733e22013-10-22 19:07:34 -0500988 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500989 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000990 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
991 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
Stephen Warren16f4d932014-01-24 20:46:37 -0700992 CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC * filesystem commands (e.g. load, ls)
993 that work for multiple fs types
Mike Frysingerbdab39d2009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500994 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500995 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000996 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500997 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
998 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200999 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support
Anton Staaf53fdc7e2012-12-05 14:46:29 +00001000 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
Mike Frysingera641b972010-12-26 23:32:22 -05001001 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsa000b792011-04-05 07:15:14 +00001002 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00001003 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001004 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
1005 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
1006 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
1007 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
Vipin Kumar8fdf1e02012-12-16 22:32:48 +00001008 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001009 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001010 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -05001011 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershbergerc167cc02012-10-03 11:15:51 +00001012 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001013 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
1014 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
1015 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
1016 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001017 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001018 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
1019 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001020 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
1021 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001022 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -04001023 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Simon Glass15a33e42012-11-30 13:01:20 +00001024 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001025 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
Wolfgang Denka2681702013-03-08 10:51:32 +00001026 loop, loopw
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001027 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001028 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
1029 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
1030 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roese68d7d652009-03-19 13:30:36 +01001031 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001032 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
1033 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001034 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001035 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001036 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001037 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
1038 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
1039 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
1040 host
1041 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
Kenneth Watersff048ea2012-12-05 14:46:30 +00001042 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001043 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
1044 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
Simon Glassd3049312012-12-26 09:53:36 +00001045 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001046 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
1047 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
1048 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
1049 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
1050 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
1051 (4xx only)
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07001052 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001053 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -04001054 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Bob Liu7d861d92013-02-05 19:05:41 +08001055 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02001056 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001057 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7a83af02011-05-17 00:03:40 +00001058 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00001059 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershbergerda83bcd2012-10-03 12:14:57 +00001060 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
1061 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001062 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001063 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasutc8339f52012-03-31 07:47:16 +00001064 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001065 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image
Przemyslaw Marczak89c82302014-04-02 10:20:05 +02001066 CONFIG_CMD_UUID * Generate random UUID or GUID string
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001067
1068 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
1069 support you can write:
1070
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001071 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
1072 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001073
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -04001074 Other Commands:
1075 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001076
1077 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001078 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001079 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
1080 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
1081 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
1082 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
1083 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
1084 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001085
1086
1087 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
1088
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001089- Regular expression support:
1090 CONFIG_REGEX
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001091 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
1092 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
1093 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
1094 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001095
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001096- Device tree:
1097 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
1098 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
1099 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
1100 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
1101 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
1102 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
1103
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001104 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
1105 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +00001106
1107 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
1108 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
1109 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
1110 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
1111 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
1112 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001113
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001114 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
1115 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
1116 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
1117 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
1118
1119 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
1120
1121 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
1122 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
1123 still use the individual files if you need something more
1124 exotic.
1125
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001126- Watchdog:
1127 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
1128 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +00001129 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
1130 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
1131 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
1132 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
1133 available, then no further board specific code should
1134 be needed to use it.
1135
1136 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
1137 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
1138 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
1139 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001140
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001141- U-Boot Version:
1142 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
1143 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
1144 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
1145 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeaua1ea8e52012-08-13 15:01:14 +02001146 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
1147 next reset.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001148
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001149- Real-Time Clock:
1150
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001151 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001152 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
1153 following options:
1154
1155 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1156 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +00001157 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001158 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +00001159 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001160 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +00001161 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +00001162 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +01001163 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +00001164 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001165 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +02001166 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1167 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001168
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001169 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1170 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1171
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001172- GPIO Support:
1173 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001174
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +00001175 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1176 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1177 pins supported by a particular chip.
1178
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001179 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1180 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1181
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001182- Timestamp Support:
1183
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001184 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1185 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1186 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001187 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001188
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001189- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1190 Zero or more of the following:
1191 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1192 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1193 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1194 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1195 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1196 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1197 disk/part_efi.c
1198 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001199
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01001200 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1201 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001202 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001203
1204- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001205 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1206 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001207
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001208 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1209 be performed by calling the function
1210 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1211 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001212
1213- ATAPI Support:
1214 CONFIG_ATAPI
1215
1216 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1217
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001218- LBA48 Support
1219 CONFIG_LBA48
1220
1221 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001222 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001223 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1224 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1225
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001226 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001227 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1228 Default is 32bit.
1229
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001230- SCSI Support:
1231 At the moment only there is only support for the
1232 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1233 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1234
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001235 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1236 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1237 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001238 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1239 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001240 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001241
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001242 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1243 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
Stefan Reinauer447c0312012-10-29 05:23:48 +00001244
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001245- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001246 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001247 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1248
1249 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1250 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1251 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1252 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1253
1254 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1255 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1256 example with the "sspi" command.
1257
1258 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1259 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1260 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001261
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001262 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001263 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001264
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001265 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1266 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001267 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001268 write routine for first time initialisation.
1269
1270 CONFIG_TULIP
1271 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1272 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1273 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1274
1275 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1276 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1277
1278 CONFIG_NS8382X
1279 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1280
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001281- NETWORK Support (other):
1282
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001283 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1284 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1285
1286 CONFIG_RMII
1287 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1288
1289 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1290 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1291 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1292
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001293 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1294 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1295
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001296 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001297 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1298
1299 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1300 Define this to hold the physical address
1301 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1302
1303 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1304 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1305
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001306 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001307 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1308
1309 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1310 Define this to hold the physical address
1311 of the device (I/O space)
1312
1313 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1314 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1315
1316 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1317 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1318 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1319
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001320 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1321 Support for davinci emac
1322
1323 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1324 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1325
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001326 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1327 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1328
1329 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1330 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1331 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1332 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1333 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1334 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1335 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1336 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1337
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001338 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001339 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1340
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001341 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001342 Define this to hold the physical address
1343 of the device (I/O space)
1344
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001345 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001346 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1347
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001348 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001349 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1350 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001351 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001352
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001353 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1354 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1355
1356 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1357 Define the number of ports to be used
1358
1359 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1360 Define the ETH PHY's address
1361
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001362 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1363 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1364
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001365- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001366 CONFIG_TPM
1367 Support TPM devices.
1368
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001369 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C
1370 Support for i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
1371 per system is supported at this time.
1372
1373 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BUS_NUMBER
1374 Define the the i2c bus number for the TPM device
1375
1376 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS
1377 Define the TPM's address on the i2c bus
1378
1379 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1380 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1381
Dirk Eibachc01939c2013-06-26 15:55:15 +02001382 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1383 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1384
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001385 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001386 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1387 per system is supported at this time.
1388
1389 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1390 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1391 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1392 0xfed40000.
1393
Reinhard Pfaube6c1522013-06-26 15:55:13 +02001394 CONFIG_CMD_TPM
1395 Add tpm monitor functions.
1396 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also
1397 provides monitor access to authorized functions.
1398
1399 CONFIG_TPM
1400 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1401 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1402 Requires support for a TPM device.
1403
1404 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1405 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1406 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1407
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001408- USB Support:
1409 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001410 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001411 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1412 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001413 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001414 storage devices.
1415 Note:
1416 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1417 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001418 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1419 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1420 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001421 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1422 for USB on PSC3
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001423 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1424 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1425 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001426 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1427 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001428 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Weifdcfaa12007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001429 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1430 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001431
Simon Glass9ab4ce22012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001432 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1433 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1434
Kuo-Jung Suaa155052013-05-15 15:29:22 +08001435 CONFIG_USB_HUB_MIN_POWER_ON_DELAY defines the minimum
1436 interval for usb hub power-on delay.(minimum 100msec)
1437
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001438- USB Device:
1439 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1440 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1441 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001442 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001443 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1444 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001445 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001446 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1447 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1448 a Linux host by
1449 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1450 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1451 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1452 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001453
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001454 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1455 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001456
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001457 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1458 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1459 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001460
Vipin KUMARf9da0f82012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301461 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1462 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1463 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1464 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1465 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1466 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1467 speed.
1468
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001469 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001470 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1471 be set to usbtty.
1472
1473 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001474 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001475 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001476 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001477
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001478 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001479 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001480 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001481
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001482 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001483 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001484 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001485 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1486 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1487 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1488
1489 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1490 Define this string as the name of your company for
1491 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001492
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001493 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1494 Define this string as the name of your product
1495 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1496
1497 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1498 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1499 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1500 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1501 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001502
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001503 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1504 Define this as the unique Product ID
1505 for your device
1506 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001507
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001508- ULPI Layer Support:
1509 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1510 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1511 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1512 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1513 viewport is supported.
1514 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1515 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stach6d365ea2012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001516 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1517 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1518 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001519
1520- MMC Support:
1521 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1522 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1523 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1524 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001525 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1526 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001527
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001528 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1529 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1530
1531 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1532 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1533
1534 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1535 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1536
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001537- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
1538 CONFIG_DFU_FUNCTION
1539 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1540
1541 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1542 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1543 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1544 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1545 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1546
1547 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1548 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1549
Pantelis Antoniouc6631762013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001550 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1551 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1552
Afzal Mohammeda9479f02013-09-18 01:15:24 +05301553 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1554 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1555 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1556 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1557 one that would help mostly the developer.
1558
Heiko Schochere7e75c72013-06-12 06:05:51 +02001559 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1560 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1561 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1562 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1563 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1564
Pantelis Antoniouea2453d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001565 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1566 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1567 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1568 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1569 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1570 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1571
Heiko Schocher001a8312014-03-18 08:09:56 +01001572 DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT
1573 Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the
1574 host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending
1575 a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device.
1576
1577 DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT
1578 Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when
1579 entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before
1580 sending again an USB request to the device.
1581
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001582- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1583 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1584 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1585 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1586
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001587 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1588 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001589 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1590
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001591 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001592 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1593 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1594
1595 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001596 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001597 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1598 have not defined a custom partition
1599
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001600- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1601 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kim656f4c62012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001602
1603 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1604 file in FAT formatted partition.
1605
1606 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1607 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001608
Gabe Black84cd9322012-10-12 14:26:11 +00001609CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1610 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1611
1612 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1613 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1614 and cbfsload.
1615
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001616- Keyboard Support:
1617 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1618
1619 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1620 support
1621
1622 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1623 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1624 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1625 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1626 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1627
Hung-ying Tyan713cb682013-05-15 18:27:32 +08001628 CONFIG_CROS_EC_KEYB
1629 Enables a Chrome OS keyboard using the CROS_EC interface.
1630 This uses CROS_EC to communicate with a second microcontroller
1631 which provides key scans on request.
1632
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001633- Video support:
1634 CONFIG_VIDEO
1635
1636 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1637 video).
1638
1639 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1640
1641 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1642
1643 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001644 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001645 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1646 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1647 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001648
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001649 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001650 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001651 are possible:
1652 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001653 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001654
1655 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1656 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1657 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1658 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1659 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1660 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1661 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001662 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1663
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001664 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001665 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001666
1667
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001668 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001669 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001670 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1671 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1672
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001673 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001674 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001675 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1676 support, and should also define these other macros:
1677
1678 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1679 CONFIG_VIDEO
1680 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1681 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1682 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1683 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1684 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1685 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1686
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001687 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1688 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1689 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1690 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001691
Simon Glass058d59b2012-12-03 13:59:47 +00001692 CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA
1693
1694 Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you
1695 are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer
1696 driver.
1697
1698
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001699- Keyboard Support:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001700 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001701
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001702 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1703 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1704 defined in your board-specific files.
1705 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001706
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001707- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1708
1709 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1710 display); also select one of the supported displays
1711 by defining one of these:
1712
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001713 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1714
1715 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1716
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001717 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001718
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001719 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001720
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001721 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001722
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001723 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1724 Active, color, single scan.
1725
1726 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1727
1728 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001729 Active, color, single scan.
1730
1731 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1732
1733 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1734 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1735
1736 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1737
1738 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1739 Active, color, single scan.
1740
1741 CONFIG_HLD1045
1742
1743 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1744 Active, color, single scan.
1745
1746 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1747
1748 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1749 or
1750 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1751 or
1752 Hitachi SP14Q002
1753
1754 320x240. Black & white.
1755
1756 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001757 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001758
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001759 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1760
1761 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (tyically 4KB). If this is
1762 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1763 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1764 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1765 a per-section basis.
1766
Simon Glass0d89efe2012-10-17 13:24:59 +00001767 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES
1768
1769 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of
1770 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes
1771 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling
1772 is slow.
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001773
Tom Wai-Hong Tam45d7f522012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001774 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1775
1776 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1777
Tom Wai-Hong Tam735987c2012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001778 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1779
1780 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1781 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1782
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001783- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001784
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001785 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1786 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1787 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001788 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001789 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1790 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1791 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1792 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001793
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001794 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1795
1796 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1797 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
Tom Rini1551df32014-02-25 10:27:01 -05001798 (see README.displaying-bmps).
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001799 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1800 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1801 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1802 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1803 there is no need to set this option.
1804
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001805 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1806
1807 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1808 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1809 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1810 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1811 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1812 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1813
1814 Example:
1815 setenv splashpos m,m
1816 => image at center of screen
1817
1818 setenv splashpos 30,20
1819 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1820
1821 setenv splashpos -10,m
1822 => vertically centered image
1823 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1824
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001825- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1826
1827 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1828 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1829 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1830
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001831- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1832
1833 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1834 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1835 bmp command.
1836
Lei Wenf2b96df2012-09-28 04:26:47 +00001837- Do compresssing for memory range:
1838 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
1839
1840 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
1841 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
1842
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001843- Compression support:
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001844 CONFIG_GZIP
1845
1846 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
1847
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001848 CONFIG_BZIP2
1849
1850 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1851 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1852 compressed images are supported.
1853
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001854 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001855 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001856 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001857
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001858 CONFIG_LZMA
1859
1860 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1861 images is included.
1862
1863 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1864 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1865 formula:
1866
1867 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1868
1869 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1870 and Literal pos bits.
1871
1872 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1873 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1874 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1875 a very small buffer.
1876
1877 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1878 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001879 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001880
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001881 CONFIG_LZO
1882
1883 If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images
1884 is included.
1885
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001886- MII/PHY support:
1887 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1888
1889 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1890
1891 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1892
1893 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1894
1895 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1896
1897 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001898 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001899
1900 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1901
1902 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1903 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1904 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1905 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1906
1907 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1908
1909 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1910 command issued before MII status register can be read
1911
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001912- Ethernet address:
1913 CONFIG_ETHADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001914 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001915 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
1916 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001917 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
1918 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001919
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001920 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
1921 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001922 is not determined automatically.
1923
1924- IP address:
1925 CONFIG_IPADDR
1926
1927 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001928 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001929 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001930 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001931
1932- Server IP address:
1933 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1934
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001935 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001936 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001937 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001938
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001939 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1940
1941 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1942 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1943
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001944- Gateway IP address:
1945 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1946
1947 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1948 default router where packets to other networks are
1949 sent to.
1950 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1951
1952- Subnet mask:
1953 CONFIG_NETMASK
1954
1955 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1956 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1957 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1958 forwarded through a router.
1959 (Environment variable "netmask")
1960
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001961- Multicast TFTP Mode:
1962 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1963
1964 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1965 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001966 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001967 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1968 multicast group.
1969
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001970- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1971 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1972
1973 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1974 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1975 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1976 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1977 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1978 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1979 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1980 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001981 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001982
1983 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1984 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1985 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1986 4th and following
1987 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1988
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001989- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001990 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1991 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001992
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001993 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
1994 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
1995 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
1996 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
1997 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
1998 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
1999 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
2000 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
2001 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
2002 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
2003 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
2004 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00002005 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002006
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04002007 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
2008 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002009
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00002010 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
2011 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
2012 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
2013 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
2014 is not available.
2015
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002016 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
2017 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
2018 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
2019 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
2020 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
2021 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
2022 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002023 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002024
2025 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
2026 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
2027 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04002028 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002029 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
2030 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002031
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11002032 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
2033
2034 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
2035 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
2036 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
2037 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
2038 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
2039 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
2040 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
2041 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
2042 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
2043 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
2044 this delay.
2045
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00002046 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
2047 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
2048 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
2049 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
2050 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
2051
2052 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
2053
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002054 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00002055 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002056
2057 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
2058
2059 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
2060
2061 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
2062 of the device.
2063
2064 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
2065
2066 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
2067 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002068 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002069
2070 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
2071
2072 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
2073 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
2074
2075 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
2076
2077 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
2078
2079 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
2080
2081 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
2082
2083 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
2084
2085 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
2086
2087 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
2088
2089 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
2090 device in .1 of milliwatts.
2091
2092 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
2093
2094 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
2095
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002096- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
2097
2098 Several configurations allow to display the current
2099 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
2100 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
2101 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
2102 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
2103 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
2104 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
2105 feature in U-Boot.
2106
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02002107 Additional options:
2108
2109 CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2110 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
2111 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
2112 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2113 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
2114
Igor Grinberg9dfdcdf2013-11-08 01:03:52 +02002115 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
2116 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
2117 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
2118 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
2119 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
2120 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
2121
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002122- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
2123
2124 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
2125 on those systems that support this (optional)
2126 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
2127
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002128- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002129
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002130 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
2131 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
2132 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
2133 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
2134 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
2135 interface.
2136
2137 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002138 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
2139 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
2140 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
2141 for defining speed and slave address
2142 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
2143 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
2144 for defining speed and slave address
2145 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
2146 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
2147 for defining speed and slave address
2148 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
2149 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
2150 for defining speed and slave address
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002151
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002152 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
2153 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
2154 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
2155 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
2156 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
2157 bus.
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02002158 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002159 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
2160 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
2161 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
2162 second bus.
2163
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002164 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu10cee512013-10-11 16:23:53 +09002165 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
2166 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
2167 100000 and the slave addr 0!
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002168
Dirk Eibach880540d2013-04-25 02:40:01 +00002169 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
2170 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
2171 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2172 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2173
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002174 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
2175 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
2176 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
2177 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
2178 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
2179 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
2180 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
2181 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
2182 If thoses defines are not set, default value is 100000
2183 for speed, and 0 for slave.
2184
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu1086bfa2013-09-27 16:58:30 +09002185 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
2186 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
2187 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
2188
2189 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
2190 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
2191 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
2192 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
2193 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
2194 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
2195 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
2196 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
2197 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
2198
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09002199 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
2200 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
2201 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
2202
2203 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
2204 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
2205 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
2206 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
2207 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
2208 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
2209 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
2210 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
2211 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
2212 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
2213 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE5 for setting the register channel 5
2214 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED5 for for the speed channel 5
2215 - CONFIF_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for nummber of i2c buses
2216
Heiko Schocher6789e842013-10-22 11:03:18 +02002217 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
2218 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
2219 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
2220 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
2221 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
2222 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
2223 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
2224 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
2225 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
2226 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
2227 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
2228 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
2229
Heiko Schocher0bdffe72013-11-08 07:30:53 +01002230 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c
2231 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ
2232 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting
2233 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr
2234
Naveen Krishna Che717fc62013-12-06 12:12:38 +05302235 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
2236 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
2237 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
2238 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
2239 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
2240
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002241 additional defines:
2242
2243 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
2244 Hold the number of i2c busses you want to use. If you
2245 don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this
2246 is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can
2247 omit this define.
2248
2249 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
2250 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
2251 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
2252 omit this define.
2253
2254 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
2255 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
2256 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
2257 define.
2258
2259 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
2260 hold a list of busses you want to use, only used if
2261 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
2262 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
2263 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
2264
2265 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2266 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
2267 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
2268 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
2269 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
2270 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
2271 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2272 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
2273 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
2274 }
2275
2276 which defines
2277 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002278 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
2279 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
2280 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
2281 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
2282 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002283 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002284 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
2285 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002286
2287 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
2288
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002289- Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002290
2291 NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which
2292 provides the following compelling advantages:
2293
2294 - more than one i2c adapter is usable
2295 - approved multibus support
2296 - better i2c mux support
2297
2298 ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. **
2299
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002300 These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining
2301 CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver
2302 for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002303
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002304 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05002305 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002306 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
2307 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002308 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002309
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002310 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002311
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002312 There are several other quantities that must also be
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002313 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002314
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002315 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002316 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002317 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002318 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002319
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002320 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002321 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002322 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
2323 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
2324 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002325
Eric Millbrandt5da71ef2009-09-03 08:09:44 -05002326 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
2327
2328 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2329 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2330 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
2331 commands until the slave device responds.
2332
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002333 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002334
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002335 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002336 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
2337 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002338
2339 I2C_INIT
2340
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002341 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002342 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002343
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002344 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002345
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002346 I2C_PORT
2347
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002348 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
2349 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
2350 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002351
2352 I2C_ACTIVE
2353
2354 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
2355 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
2356 define can be null.
2357
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002358 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
2359
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002360 I2C_TRISTATE
2361
2362 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
2363 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
2364 define can be null.
2365
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002366 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
2367
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002368 I2C_READ
2369
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002370 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
2371 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002372
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002373 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
2374
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002375 I2C_SDA(bit)
2376
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002377 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
2378 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002379
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002380 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002381 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002382 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002383
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002384 I2C_SCL(bit)
2385
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002386 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
2387 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002388
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002389 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002390 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002391 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002392
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002393 I2C_DELAY
2394
2395 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
2396 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002397 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002398 like:
2399
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002400 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002401
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04002402 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2403
2404 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2405 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2406 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2407 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2408
2409 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2410 the generic GPIO functions.
2411
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002412 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002413
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002414 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2415 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2416 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2417 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2418 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2419 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2420 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2421 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002422
Richard Retanubun26a33502010-04-12 15:08:17 -04002423 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2424
2425 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2426 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2427 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2428 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2429 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2430 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2431 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2432 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2433
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002434 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2435
2436 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2437 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2438 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2439
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002440 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2441
2442 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002443 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2444 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002445 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2446
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002447 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002448
2449 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002450 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05002451 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2452 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002453
2454 e.g.
2455 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002456 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002457
2458 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2459
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002460 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002461 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002462
2463 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2464
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002465 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e61812006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002466
2467 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2468 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2469
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002470 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002471
2472 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2473 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2474
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002475 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002476
2477 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2478 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2479
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002480 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo9ebbb542008-09-09 15:13:29 -07002481
2482 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2483 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2484 specified DTT device.
2485
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002486 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2487
2488 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2489 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2490 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2491 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2492 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2493 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2494 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e61812006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002495
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002496- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2497
2498 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2499 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2500 D/As on the SACSng board)
2501
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002502 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2503
2504 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2505 only SH7757 is supported.
2506
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002507 CONFIG_SPI_X
2508
2509 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2510 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2511
2512 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2513
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002514 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2515 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2516 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2517 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2518 defined, the board configuration must define several
2519 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2520 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002521
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002522 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2523
2524 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2525 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2526 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002527 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002528 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2529
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002530 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2531
2532 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevam2e3cd1c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002533 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002534
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002535- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
2536
2537 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2538
2539 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2540
2541 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2542 (ALTERA, XILINX)
2543
2544 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2545
2546 Enables support for FPGA family.
2547 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2548
2549 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002550
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002551 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002552
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002553 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002554
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002555 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002556
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002557 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002558
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002559 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2560 status by the configuration function. This option
2561 will require a board or device specific function to
2562 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002563
2564 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2565
2566 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2567 configuration driver.
2568
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002569 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002570 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2571
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002572 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002573
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002574 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2575 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2576 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2577 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002578
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002579 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002580
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002581 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
2582 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
2583 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002584 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002585
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002586 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002587
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002588 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002589 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002590
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002591 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002592
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002593 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002594 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002595
2596- Configuration Management:
2597 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2598
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002599 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2600 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002601
2602- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2603
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002604 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2605 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002606 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002607 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2608 protects these variables from casual modification by
2609 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2610 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002611 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002612
2613 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2614 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002615 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002616 these parameters.
2617
2618 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
2619 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002620 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002621 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2622 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2623 read-only.]
2624
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002625 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2626 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2627 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2628 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2629
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002630- Protected RAM:
2631 CONFIG_PRAM
2632
2633 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2634 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2635 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2636 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2637 this default value by defining an environment
2638 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2639 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2640 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2641 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2642 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2643 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2644 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2645
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002646 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002647 saveenv
2648
2649 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2650 either, which results in a memory region that will
2651 not be affected by reboots.
2652
2653 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2654 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2655 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2656 following board configurations are known to be
2657 "pRAM-clean":
2658
Wolfgang Denk1b0757e2012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002659 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2660 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Wolfgang Denk544d97e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002661 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002662
Gabe Black40fef042012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002663- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2664 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2665 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2666 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2667 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2668 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2669 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2670
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002671- Error Recovery:
2672 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2673
2674 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2675 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2676 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002677 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002678 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2679 useful during development since you can try to debug
2680 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2681
2682 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2683
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002684 This variable defines the number of retries for
2685 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2686 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2687 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002688
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002689 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2690
2691 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2692
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi48a3e992012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002693 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2694
2695 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2696 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2697 try longer timeout such as
2698 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2699
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002700- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002701 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002702
2703 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2704
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01002705 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet
2706 for the "hush" shell.
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002707
2708
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002709 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002710
2711 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from
2712 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling
2713 powerful command line syntax like
2714 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||'
2715 constructs ("shell scripts").
2716
2717 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour
2718 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint.
2719
2720
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002721 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002722
2723 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2724 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2725 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2726
2727 Note:
2728
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002729 In the current implementation, the local variables
2730 space and global environment variables space are
2731 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2732 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2733 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2734 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2735 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002736
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002737 Global environment variables are those you use
2738 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2739 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2740 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002741
2742 To store commands and special characters in a
2743 variable, please use double quotation marks
2744 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2745 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2746 symbols.
2747
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002748- Commandline Editing and History:
2749 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2750
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002751 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Wolfgang Denkb9365a22006-07-21 11:56:05 +02002752 commandline input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002753
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002754- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002755 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2756
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002757 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2758 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002759 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002760
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002761 For example, place something like this in your
2762 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002763
2764 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2765 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2766 "myvar2=value2\0"
2767
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002768 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2769 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2770 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2771 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002772 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002773 You better know what you are doing here.
2774
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002775 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2776 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002777 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002778 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002779
Stephen Warren5e724ca2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00002780 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2781
2782 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2783 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2784 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2785
2786 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2787
2788 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2789 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2790 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2791 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2792 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2793
Tom Rini7e27f892012-10-24 07:28:16 +00002794 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2795
2796 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2797 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2798 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2799
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002800 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2801
2802 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
2803 intialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
2804 that so that the environment is not available until
2805 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2806 this is instead controlled by the value of
2807 /config/load-environment.
2808
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002809- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002810 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2811
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002812 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2813 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2814 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002815
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002816- Serial Flash support
2817 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2818
2819 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2820 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2821
2822 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2823 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2824 commands.
2825
2826 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2827 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2828 flash is present on the system.
2829
2830 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2831 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2832 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2833 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2834
Simon Glass24007272012-10-08 13:16:02 +00002835 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
2836
2837 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
2838 test ('sf test').
2839
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki1dcd6d02013-06-19 15:33:58 +05302840 CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR Ban/Extended Addr Reg
2841
2842 Define this option to use the Bank addr/Extended addr
2843 support on SPI flashes which has size > 16Mbytes.
2844
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Tekib902e072014-01-11 15:25:04 +05302845 CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH Dual flash memories
2846
2847 Define this option to use dual flash support where two flash
2848 memories can be connected with a given cs line.
2849 currently Xilinx Zynq qspi support these type of connections.
2850
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002851- SystemACE Support:
2852 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2853
2854 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2855 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002856 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002857 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002858
2859 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002860 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002861
2862 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2863 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2864
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002865- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2866 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2867
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002868 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002869 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002870 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002871 number generator is used.
2872
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002873 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2874 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2875 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2876
2877 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002878 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2879 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2880 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2881 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2882 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2883 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2884
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00002885- Hashing support:
2886 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
2887
2888 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
2889 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
2890
2891 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
2892
2893 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
2894 size a little.
2895
2896 CONFIG_SHA1 - support SHA1 hashing
2897 CONFIG_SHA256 - support SHA256 hashing
2898
2899 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
2900 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
2901
Robert Winklera11f1872013-07-24 17:57:06 -07002902- Freescale i.MX specific commands:
2903 CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT
2904 This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an
2905 HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific.
2906
2907 CONFIG_CMD_BMODE
2908 This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing
2909 a boot from specific media.
2910
2911 This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to
2912 activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating
2913 on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal
2914 will set it back to normal. This command currently
2915 supports i.MX53 and i.MX6.
2916
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07002917- Signing support:
2918 CONFIG_RSA
2919
2920 This enables the RSA algorithm used for FIT image verification
Detlev Zundel8bf2aad2014-01-20 16:21:46 +01002921 in U-Boot. See doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more information.
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07002922
2923 The signing part is build into mkimage regardless of this
2924 option.
2925
Heiko Schocher9e50c402014-01-25 07:27:13 +01002926- bootcount support:
2927 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
2928
2929 This enables the bootcounter support, see:
2930 http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
2931
2932 CONFIG_AT91SAM9XE
2933 enable special bootcounter support on at91sam9xe based boards.
2934 CONFIG_BLACKFIN
2935 enable special bootcounter support on blackfin based boards.
2936 CONFIG_SOC_DA8XX
2937 enable special bootcounter support on da850 based boards.
2938 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_RAM
2939 enable support for the bootcounter in RAM
2940 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_I2C
2941 enable support for the bootcounter on an i2c (like RTC) device.
2942 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RTC_ADDR = i2c chip address
2943 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR = i2c addr which is used for
2944 the bootcounter.
2945 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALEN = address len
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07002946
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002947- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002948 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2949
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002950 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2951 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2952 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2953 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2954 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2955 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002956
Simon Glass3a608ca2012-02-13 13:51:19 +00002957- Detailed boot stage timing
2958 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE
2959 Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage
2960 of the boot process.
2961
2962 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT
2963 This is the number of available user bootstage records.
2964 Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...)
2965 a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed
2966 the limit, recording will stop.
2967
2968 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT
2969 Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this:
2970
2971 Timer summary in microseconds:
2972 Mark Elapsed Stage
2973 0 0 reset
2974 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start
2975 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9
2976 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done
2977 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start
2978 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop
2979 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start
2980 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel
2981
Simon Glass2eba38c2012-09-28 08:56:39 +00002982 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE
2983 Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report
2984 and un/stashing of bootstage data.
2985
Simon Glass94fd1312012-09-28 08:56:37 +00002986 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT
2987 Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage'
2988 node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child
2989 has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the
2990 mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the
2991 accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds.
2992 For example:
2993
2994 bootstage {
2995 154 {
2996 name = "board_init_f";
2997 mark = <3575678>;
2998 };
2999 170 {
3000 name = "lcd";
3001 accum = <33482>;
3002 };
3003 };
3004
3005 Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree.
3006
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003007Legacy uImage format:
3008
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003009 Arg Where When
3010 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003011 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003012 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003013 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003014 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003015 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003016 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
3017 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
3018 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003019 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003020 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
3021 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
3022 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
3023 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003024 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003025 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003026
3027 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3028 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
3029 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
3030 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
3031 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
3032 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
3033 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003034 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003035 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
3036 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
3037
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003038 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003039
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003040 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd52004-02-27 00:07:27 +00003041 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
3042 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00003043
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003044 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
3045 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
3046 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
3047 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
3048 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
3049 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3050 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
3051 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
3052 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
3053 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
3054 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3055 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
3056 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3057 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
3058 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
3059 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
3060 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
3061 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
3062 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
3063 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
3064 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
3065 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
3066 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
3067 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
3068 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
3069 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
3070 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3071 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
3072 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
3073 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
3074 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
3075 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
3076 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
3077 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
3078 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
3079 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
3080 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
3081 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
3082 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
3083 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3084 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
3085 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3086 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
3087 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
3088 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
3089 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
3090 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003091
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003092 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003093
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003094 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003095 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
3096 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00003097
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003098 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
3099 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003100 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003101 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
3102 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
3103 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02003104 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
3105 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003106 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003107
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003108FIT uImage format:
3109
3110 Arg Where When
3111 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
3112 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
3113 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
3114 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
3115 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
3116 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01003117 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003118 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
3119 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
3120 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
3121 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
3122 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003123 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
3124 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003125 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
3126 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
3127 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
3128 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
3129 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
3130 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
3131 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
3132 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
3133
3134 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3135 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
3136 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003137 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003138 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
3139 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
3140 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
3141 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
3142 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
3143 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
3144 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
3145 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
3146 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
3147 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
3148 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
3149 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
3150
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003151 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003152 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
3153
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003154 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003155 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
3156
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003157 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003158 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
3159
Gabe Blackd95f6ec2012-10-25 16:31:10 +00003160- FIT image support:
3161 CONFIG_FIT
3162 Enable support for the FIT uImage format.
3163
3164 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
3165 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the
3166 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of
3167 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the
3168 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node.
3169 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored.
3170
Simon Glass3e569a62013-06-13 15:10:00 -07003171 CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE
3172 This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages,
3173 using a hash signed and verified using RSA. See
3174 doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details.
3175
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003176- Standalone program support:
3177 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
3178
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02003179 This option defines a board specific value for the
3180 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
3181 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003182 settings.
3183
3184- Frame Buffer Address:
3185 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
3186
3187 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denk44a53b52013-01-03 00:43:59 +00003188 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
3189 when using a graphics controller has separate video
3190 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
3191 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
3192 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
3193 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
3194 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003195
3196 Please see board_init_f function.
3197
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01003198- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
3199 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
3200 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
3201 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
3202
3203 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
3204 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
3205
3206- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
3207 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
3208
3209 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
3210 Needed for mtdparts command support.
3211
3212 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
3213
3214 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
3215 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
3216
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003217- UBI support
3218 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
3219
3220 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
3221 with the UBI flash translation layer
3222
3223 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
3224
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003225 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3226
3227 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
3228 warnings and errors enabled.
3229
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003230- UBIFS support
3231 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
3232
3233 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
3234 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
3235
3236 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
3237
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003238 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3239
3240 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
3241 warnings and errors enabled.
3242
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003243- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003244 CONFIG_SPL
3245 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003246
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003247 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
3248 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
3249
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003250 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
3251 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
3252 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
3253 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003254 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003255 must not be both defined at the same time.
3256
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003257 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003258 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
3259 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
3260 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
3261 not exceed it.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003262
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003263 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
3264 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003265
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003266 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
3267 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
3268 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
3269
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003270 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
3271 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
3272
3273 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003274 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
3275 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
3276 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003277 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003278 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003279
3280 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
3281 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
3282
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003283 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
3284 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
3285 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
3286 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
3287
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003288 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
3289 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
3290
3291 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
3292 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003293
Tom Rini47f7bca2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07003294 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
3295 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
3296 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
3297 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
3298
Tom Rini9607faf2014-03-28 12:03:39 -04003299 CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT
3300 Enable booting directly to an OS from SPL.
3301 See also: doc/README.falcon
3302
Tom Rini861a86f2012-08-13 11:37:56 -07003303 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
3304 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
3305 about the running system.
3306
Scott Wood4b919722012-09-20 16:35:21 -05003307 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
3308 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
3309
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003310 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
3311 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003312
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003313 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
3314 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003315
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003316 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
3317 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003318
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003319 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
3320 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003321
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003322 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
3323 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003324
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003325 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
3326 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
3327 CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION
3328 Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
3329 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
3330
Peter Korsgaard2b75b0a2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00003331 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
3332 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
3333 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
3334
3335 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
3336 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
3337 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
3338 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
3339 (for falcon mode)
3340
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003341 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
3342 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
3343
3344 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
3345 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT
3346
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003347 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
3348 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
3349 from FAT (for Falcon mode)
3350
3351 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
3352 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
3353 when reading from FAT (for Falcon mode)
3354
Scott Wood06f60ae2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00003355 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
3356 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
3357 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
3358 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
3359 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
3360
Prabhakar Kushwaha651fcf62014-04-08 19:12:31 +05303361 CONFIG_SPL_SKIP_RELOCATE
3362 Avoid SPL relocation
3363
Scott Wood6f2f01b2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05003364 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
3365 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
3366 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
3367
3368 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
3369 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
3370
3371 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
3372 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
3373
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003374 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003375 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
3376 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003377
Tom Rini6dd3b562014-03-28 12:03:36 -04003378 CONFIG_SPL_MTD_SUPPORT
3379 Support for the MTD subsystem within SPL. Useful for
3380 environment on NAND support within SPL.
3381
Ying Zhangbb0dc102013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003382 CONFIG_SPL_MPC8XXX_INIT_DDR_SUPPORT
3383 Set for the SPL on PPC mpc8xxx targets, support for
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -07003384 drivers/ddr/fsl/libddr.o in SPL binary.
Ying Zhangbb0dc102013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003385
Ying Zhang7c8eea52013-08-16 15:16:12 +08003386 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
3387 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
3388 SPL binary.
3389
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003390 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
3391 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
3392 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
3393 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
3394 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
3395 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003396 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003397
Prabhakar Kushwahafbe76ae2013-12-11 12:42:11 +05303398 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT
3399 Add support NAND boot
3400
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003401 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003402 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
3403
3404 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
3405 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
3406
3407 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
3408 Size of image to load
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003409
3410 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003411 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003412
3413 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3414 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
3415 data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms.
3416
3417 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
3418 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
3419 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
3420
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003421 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
3422 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003423
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003424 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
3425 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003426
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003427 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
3428 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003429
Pavel Machekc57b9532012-08-30 22:42:11 +02003430 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
3431 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
3432
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003433 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
3434 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003435
Ying Zhangba1bee42013-05-20 14:07:25 +08003436 CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT
3437 Support for the environment operating in SPL binary
3438
3439 CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT
3440 Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary.
3441 It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by
3442 CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE
3443
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003444 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeau6113d3f2013-04-11 09:35:49 +00003445 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
3446 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3447 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3448 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3449 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003450
Scott Woodca2fca22012-09-21 16:27:32 -05003451 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
3452 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
3453 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
3454 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
3455
Simon Glass87ebee32013-05-08 08:05:59 +00003456 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3457 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3458 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3459 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3460 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3461
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003462- TPL framework
3463 CONFIG_TPL
3464 Enable building of TPL globally.
3465
3466 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
3467 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
3468 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02003469 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3470 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3471 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003472
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003473Modem Support:
3474--------------
3475
Wolfgang Denk566e5cf2011-05-01 20:44:23 +02003476[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003477
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003478- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003479 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
3480
3481- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
3482 CONFIG_HWFLOW
3483
3484- Modem debug support:
3485 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
3486
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003487 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
3488 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003489
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003490- Interrupt support (PPC):
3491
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003492 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3493 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003494 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003495 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003496 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003497 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003498 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003499 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3500 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3501 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003502
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003503- General:
3504
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003505 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
3506 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
3507 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003508 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003509 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
3510 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
3511 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003512
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003513 If there are no modem init strings in the
3514 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
3515 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003516 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003517
3518 See also: doc/README.Modem
3519
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00003520Board initialization settings:
3521------------------------------
3522
3523During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3524to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3525before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3526following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3527architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3528typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3529
3530- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3531- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3532- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3533- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003534
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003535Configuration Settings:
3536-----------------------
3537
York Sun4d1fd7f2014-02-26 17:03:19 -08003538- CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit.
3539 Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands.
3540
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003541- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003542 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3543
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06003544- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3545 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3546
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003547- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003548 prompt for user input.
3549
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003550- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003551
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003552- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003553
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003554- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003555
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003556- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003557 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3558 booted
3559
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003560- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003561 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3562
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003563- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003564 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003565
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003566- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003567 If the board specific function
3568 extern int overwrite_console (void);
3569 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003570 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
3571
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003572- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003573 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003574
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003575- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003576 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
3577
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003578- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003579 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3580 simple memory test.
3581
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003582- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003583 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003584
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003585- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00003586 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3587 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3588
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003589- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
3590 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003591 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003592 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003593 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3594 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3595 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003596 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003597 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003598 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003599
3600 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3601 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3602 be touched.
3603
3604 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3605 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3606 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3607 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3608 problems.
3609
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003610- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003611 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3612
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003613- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003614 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3615
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003616- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003617 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
3618 Cogent motherboard)
3619
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003620- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003621 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3622
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003623- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003624 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3625 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02003626 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003627 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003628
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003629- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003630 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3631 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3632 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3633 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003634
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003635- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003636 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3637
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003638- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003639 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3640 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003641 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003642 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3643
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003644- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003645 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3646 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003647 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3648 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003649 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003650 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003651 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003652 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3653 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3654 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003655
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06003656- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3657 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3658 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3659 is enabled.
3660
3661- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3662 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
3663 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3664
3665- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
3666 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
3667 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3668
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003669- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003670 Max number of Flash memory banks
3671
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003672- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003673 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
3674
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003675- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003676 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
3677
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003678- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003679 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
3680
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003681- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003682 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
3683
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003684- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003685 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
3686
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003687- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003688 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
3689 instead of U-Boot software protection.
3690
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003691- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003692
3693 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
3694 without this option such a download has to be
3695 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
3696 copy from RAM to flash.
3697
3698 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
3699 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003700 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
3701 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003702 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
3703
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003704- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003705 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003706 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
3707
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02003708- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003709 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
3710 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003711
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01003712- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
3713 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
3714 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
3715 to the MTD layer.
3716
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003717- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02003718 Use buffered writes to flash.
3719
3720- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
3721 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
3722 write commands.
3723
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003724- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01003725 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
3726 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
3727 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
3728 optionally available.
3729
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05003730- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
3731 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
3732 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
3733 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
3734
Stefan Roese352ef3f2013-04-04 15:53:14 +02003735- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
3736 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
3737 against the source after the write operation. An error message
3738 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
3739 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
3740 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
3741 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
3742 this option if you really know what you are doing.
3743
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003744- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003745 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
3746 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003747 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
3748 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003749 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003750 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
3751
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003752- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
3753
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02003754 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
3755 internally to store the environment settings. The default
3756 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
3757 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
3758 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003759
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003760- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3761- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003762 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003763 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
3764 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
3765 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
3766
3767 The format of the list is:
3768 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003769 access_atribute = [a|r|o|c]
3770 attributes = type_attribute[access_atribute]
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003771 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
3772 list = entry[,list]
3773
3774 The type attributes are:
3775 s - String (default)
3776 d - Decimal
3777 x - Hexadecimal
3778 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
3779 i - IP address
3780 m - MAC address
3781
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003782 The access attributes are:
3783 a - Any (default)
3784 r - Read-only
3785 o - Write-once
3786 c - Change-default
3787
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003788 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3789 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
3790 envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
3791
3792 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3793 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
3794 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
3795 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
3796 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
3797 ".flags" variable.
3798
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003799- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
3800 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
3801 access flags.
3802
Simon Glass5c1a7ea2013-03-08 13:45:27 +00003803- CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD
3804 This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the
3805 architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards
3806 to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the
3807 arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and
3808 common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture
3809 must support it (i.e. must define __HAVE_ARCH_GENERIC_BOARD in
3810 its config.mk file). If you find problems enabling this option on
3811 your board please report the problem and send patches!
3812
Lokesh Vutla0b1b60c2013-04-17 20:49:40 +00003813- CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only)
3814 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should
3815 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how
3816 the value can be calulated on a given board.
Simon Glass632efa72013-03-11 07:06:48 +00003817
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003818The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
3819of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
3820following configurations:
3821
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00003822- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
3823
3824 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
3825 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
3826
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003827- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003828
3829 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
3830
3831 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
3832 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
3833 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
3834 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
3835 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
3836 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
3837 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
3838 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
3839 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
3840 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
3841 between U-Boot and the environment.
3842
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003843 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003844
3845 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
3846 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
3847 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
3848 for this sector is given here.
3849
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003850 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003851
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003852 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003853
3854 This is just another way to specify the start address of
3855 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003856 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003857
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003858 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003859
3860 Size of the sector containing the environment.
3861
3862
3863 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
3864 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
3865 the environment.
3866
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003867 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003868
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003869 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003870 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003871 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
3872 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
3873
3874 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
3875 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
3876 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
3877 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
3878 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
3879 updating the environment in flash makes it always
3880 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
3881 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
3882 RAM, your target system will be dead.
3883
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003884 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
3885 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003886
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003887 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003888 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenk3e386912003-04-05 00:53:31 +00003889 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003890 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003891
3892BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
3893source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
3894accordingly!
3895
3896
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD9314cee2008-09-10 22:47:59 +02003897- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003898
3899 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
3900 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
3901 environment.
3902
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003903 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3904 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003905
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003906 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003907 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
3908 can just be read and written to, without any special
3909 provision.
3910
3911BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
3912in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003913console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003914U-Boot will hang.
3915
3916Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
3917environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
3918keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
3919to save the current settings.
3920
3921
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDbb1f8b42008-09-05 09:19:30 +02003922- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003923
3924 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
3925 device and a driver for it.
3926
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003927 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3928 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003929
3930 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
3931 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
3932
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003933 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003934 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
3935 The default address is zero.
3936
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003937 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003938 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
3939 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
3940 would require six bits.
3941
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003942 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003943 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003944 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003945
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003946 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003947 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
3948 that this is NOT the chip address length!
3949
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003950 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003951 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
3952 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
3953 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
3954 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
3955 byte chips.
3956
3957 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
3958 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
3959 in the chip address.
3960
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003961 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003962 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
3963
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003964 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
3965 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
3966 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
3967
3968 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
3969 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
3970 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
3971 EEPROM. For example:
3972
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01003973 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003974
3975 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
3976 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003977
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD057c8492008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003978- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003979
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003980 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003981 want to use for the environment.
3982
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003983 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3984 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3985 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003986
3987 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
3988 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
3989 at the specified address.
3990
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003991- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
3992
3993 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
3994 want to use for the local device's environment.
3995
3996 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3997 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3998
3999 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
4000 environment area within the remote memory space. The
4001 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004002 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004003
4004BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
4005"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004006environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
4007but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004008
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD51bfee12008-09-10 22:47:58 +02004009- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00004010
4011 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
4012 for the environment.
4013
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004014 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4015 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00004016
4017 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004018 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
4019 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004020
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004021 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004022
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004023 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004024 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
4025 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004026 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004027 aligned to an erase block boundary.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004028
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004029 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
4030
4031 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
4032 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
4033 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
4034 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
4035 the range to be avoided.
4036
4037 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
4038
4039 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
4040 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
4041 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
4042 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
4043 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004044
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02004045- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
4046
4047 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
4048 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
4049 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4050
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00004051- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
4052
4053 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
4054 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
4055 accesses, which is important on NAND.
4056
4057 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
4058
4059 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
4060
4061 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
4062
4063 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
4064 environment in.
4065
Joe Hershberger785881f2013-04-08 10:32:52 +00004066 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
4067
4068 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
4069 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
4070 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
4071
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00004072 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
4073 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
4074
4075 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
4076 when storing the env in UBI.
4077
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004078- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
4079
4080 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
4081 environment.
4082
4083 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
4084
4085 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
4086
4087 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
4088
4089 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
4090 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
4091 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
4092
4093 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4094 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4095
4096 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
4097 area within the specified MMC device.
4098
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004099 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
4100 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
4101 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
4102 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
4103 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
4104 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
4105 maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
4106
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004107 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
4108 MMC sector boundary.
4109
4110 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4111
4112 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
4113 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
4114 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
4115 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
4116
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004117 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
4118 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
4119
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004120 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
4121 an MMC sector boundary.
4122
4123 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
4124
4125 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
4126 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
4127 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4128
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004129- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004130
4131 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
4132 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
4133 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
4134 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
4135 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
4136 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
4137 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
4138
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07004139Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004140has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denkcdb74972010-07-24 21:55:43 +02004141created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004142until then to read environment variables.
4143
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004144The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
4145is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
4146with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
4147necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
4148"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
4149have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004150
4151Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
4152the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004153use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004154
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004155- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004156 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004157
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004158 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004159 also needs to be defined.
4160
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004161- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004162 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004163
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08004164- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
4165 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
4166 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
4167 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
4168 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
4169 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
4170
Simon Glassb2b92f52012-11-30 13:01:18 +00004171- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
4172 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
4173 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
4174 to do this.
4175
Simon Glasse2e3e2b2012-11-30 13:01:19 +00004176- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
4177 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
4178 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
4179 present.
4180
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004181Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00004182---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004183
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004184- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004185 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
4186
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004187- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004188 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00004189
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004190 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
4191 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
4192 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004193
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004194- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
4195 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
4196 PowerPC SOCs.
4197
4198- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
4199 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
4200 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
4201
4202 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
4203 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
4204
4205- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
4206 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
4207 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004208 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004209 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
4210 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
4211 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
4212
4213 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
4214 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
4215
4216- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02004217 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
4218 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004219 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4220 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4221
4222- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
4223 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
4224 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4225 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4226
4227- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
4228 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
4229 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
4230
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004231- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004232 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004233
4234 the default drive number (default value 0)
4235
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004236 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004237
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004238 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004239 (default value 1)
4240
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004241 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004242
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004243 defines the offset of register from address. It
4244 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004245 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004246
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004247 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
4248 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004249 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004250
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004251 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004252 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
4253 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
4254 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
4255 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004256
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00004257- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
4258 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
4259 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
4260 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
4261 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
4262 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
4263 is requierd.
4264
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004265- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004266 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenk25d67122004-12-10 11:40:40 +00004267 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004268
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004269- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004270
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00004271 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004272 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
4273 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
4274 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
4275 will become available only after programming the
4276 memory controller and running certain initialization
4277 sequences.
4278
4279 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
4280 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
4281 - MPC824X: data cache
4282 - PPC4xx: data cache
4283
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004284- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004285
4286 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004287 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
4288 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004289 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02004290 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004291 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
4292 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
4293 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004294
4295 Note:
4296 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
4297 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004298 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004299 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
4300 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
4301
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004302- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004303
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004304- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004305
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004306- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004307
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004308- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004309
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004310- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004311
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004312- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004313
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004314- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004315 SDRAM timing
4316
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004317- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004318 periodic timer for refresh
4319
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004320- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004321
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004322- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
4323 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
4324 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
4325 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004326 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
4327
4328- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004329 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
4330 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004331 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
4332
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004333- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
4334 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004335 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
4336 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
4337
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004338- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004339 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4340 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
4341
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004342- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherb423d052008-01-11 01:12:07 +01004343 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4344 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
4345
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004346- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004347 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4348 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
4349
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004350- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004351 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
4352 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
4353 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
4354
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004355- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004356 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
4357 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
4358 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
4359 cpm_8260.h.
wdenkea909b72002-11-21 23:11:29 +00004360
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004361- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4362 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
4363 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
4364 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4365 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
4366 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
4367 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
4368 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004369 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenk5d232d02003-05-22 22:52:13 +00004370
Dirk Eibach9cacf4f2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01004371- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
4372 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
4373 required.
4374
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004375- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
4376 Only scan through and get the devices on the busses.
4377 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
4378 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
4379 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
4380 by coreboot or similar.
4381
Gabor Juhos842033e2013-05-30 07:06:12 +00004382- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
4383 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
4384
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004385- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
4386 Chip has SRIO or not
4387
4388- CONFIG_SRIO1:
4389 Board has SRIO 1 port available
4390
4391- CONFIG_SRIO2:
4392 Board has SRIO 2 port available
4393
Liu Gangc8b28152013-05-07 16:30:46 +08004394- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
4395 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
4396
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004397- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
4398 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4399
4400- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
4401 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4402
4403- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
4404 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4405
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004406- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
4407 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
4408 a 16 bit bus.
4409 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004410 Example of drivers that use it:
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004411 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004412 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04004413
4414- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
4415 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
4416 a default value will be used.
4417
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004418- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004419 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
4420 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
4421
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004422 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
4423 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
4424
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004425- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004426 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
4427 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
4428 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004429
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08004430- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
4431 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
4432 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
4433 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
4434 header files or board specific files.
4435
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07004436- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
4437 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
4438
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004439- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004440 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
4441 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06004442
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004443- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
4444 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
4445
4446- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
4447 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00004448 to the given FEC; i. e.
4449 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004450 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
4451
4452 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
4453
4454- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
4455 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
4456 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
4457
4458- CONFIG_RMII
4459 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
4460 Note that this is a global option, we can't
4461 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
4462
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004463- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
4464 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
4465 The syntax is:
4466
4467 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
4468
4469 Where address/count indicate a memory area
4470 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
4471 area should have.
4472
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004473- CONFIG_LOOPW
4474 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004475 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004476
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004477- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
4478 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
4479 "md/mw" commands.
4480 Examples:
4481
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004482 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004483 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
4484
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004485 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004486 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
4487
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004488 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004489 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004490
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004491- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004492 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004493 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
4494 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
4495 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004496
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004497 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
4498 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
4499 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
4500 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004501
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00004502- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02004503 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4504 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
4505 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00004506
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08004507- CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
4508 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4509 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
4510 It is loaded by the SPL.
4511
Ying Zhang5df572f2013-05-20 14:07:23 +08004512- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
4513 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
4514 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
4515 previous 4k of the .text section.
4516
Simon Glass4213fc22013-02-24 17:33:14 +00004517- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
4518 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
4519 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
4520 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
4521 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
4522 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
4523 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
4524 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
4525
Matthias Weisserd8834a12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00004526- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
4527 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
4528 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
4529 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
4530 conditions but may increase the binary size.
4531
Simon Glass588a13f2013-02-14 04:18:54 +00004532- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
4533 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
4534 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Blackb16f5212012-11-27 21:08:06 +00004535
Mark Jacksonfc337052013-03-04 01:27:20 +00004536- CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
4537 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
4538
4539 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
Gabe Black5b5ece92012-11-29 16:23:41 +00004540
Heiko Schocher16678eb2013-11-04 14:05:00 +01004541- CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC:
4542 Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms
4543
Karicheri, Muralidharan999d7d32014-04-04 13:16:50 -04004544- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE
4545 Option to disable subpage write in NAND driver
4546 driver that uses this:
4547 drivers/mtd/nand/davinci_nand.c
4548
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004549Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
4550-----------------------------------
4551
4552The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
4553loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
4554This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4555are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4556within that device.
4557
Zhao Qiangdcf1d772014-03-21 16:21:44 +08004558- CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR
4559 The address in the storage device where the FMAN microcode is located. The
4560 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4561 is also specified.
4562
4563- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_ADDR
4564 The address in the storage device where the QE microcode is located. The
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004565 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4566 is also specified.
4567
4568- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
4569 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4570 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4571 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4572 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4573
4574- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
4575 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
4576 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
4577 virtual address in NOR flash.
4578
4579- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
4580 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
4581 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
4582
4583- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
4584 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
4585 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4586
4587- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
4588 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
4589 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4590
Liu Gang292dc6c2012-03-08 00:33:18 +00004591- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
4592 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
4593 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004594 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
4595 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
4596 master's memory space.
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004597
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004598Building the Software:
4599======================
4600
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004601Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
4602and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
4603all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
4604(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
4605recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
4606which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004607
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004608If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
4609have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
4610you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
4611Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
4612necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004613
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004614 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
4615 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004616
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05004617Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
4618 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
4619 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
4620 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
4621
4622 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
4623
4624 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
4625 be executed on computers running Windows.
4626
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004627U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
4628sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004629is done by typing:
4630
4631 make NAME_config
4632
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004633where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004634rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00004635
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004636Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
4637 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
4638 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
4639 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004640 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004641
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004642 make TQM823L_config
4643 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004644
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004645 make TQM823L_LCD_config
4646 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004647
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004648 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004649
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004650
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004651Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
4652images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004653
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004654- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
4655- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
4656- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004657
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004658By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
4659in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
4660this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
4661
46621. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
4663
4664 make O=/tmp/build distclean
4665 make O=/tmp/build NAME_config
4666 make O=/tmp/build all
4667
46682. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location:
4669
4670 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4671 make distclean
4672 make NAME_config
4673 make all
4674
4675Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment
4676variable.
4677
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004678
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004679Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
4680for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
4681native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004682
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004683
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004684If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
4685to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
4686steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004687
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000046881. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004689 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
4690 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000046912. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
4692 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
4693 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
46943. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
4695 your board
46963. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
4697 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
46984. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name.
46995. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
4700 to be installed on your target system.
47016. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
4702 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004703
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004704
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004705Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
4706==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004707
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004708If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
4709or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004710provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
4711the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004712official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004713
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004714But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
4715cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004716the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
4717just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004718for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
4719select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
4720environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
4721you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004722
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004723 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004724
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004725or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004726
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004727 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004728
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004729When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
4730U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
4731setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
4732built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
4733<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
4734location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
4735variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004736
4737 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4738 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
4739 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
4740
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004741With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
4742log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
4743during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004744
4745
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004746See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004747
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004748
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004749Monitor Commands - Overview:
4750============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004751
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004752go - start application at address 'addr'
4753run - run commands in an environment variable
4754bootm - boot application image from memory
4755bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004756bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004757tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
4758 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
4759 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00004760tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004761rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
4762diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
4763loads - load S-Record file over serial line
4764loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
4765md - memory display
4766mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
4767nm - memory modify (constant address)
4768mw - memory write (fill)
4769cp - memory copy
4770cmp - memory compare
4771crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05004772i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004773sspi - SPI utility commands
4774base - print or set address offset
4775printenv- print environment variables
4776setenv - set environment variables
4777saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
4778protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
4779erase - erase FLASH memory
4780flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc10635af2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00004781nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004782bdinfo - print Board Info structure
4783iminfo - print header information for application image
4784coninfo - print console devices and informations
4785ide - IDE sub-system
4786loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004787loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004788mtest - simple RAM test
4789icache - enable or disable instruction cache
4790dcache - enable or disable data cache
4791reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
4792echo - echo args to console
4793version - print monitor version
4794help - print online help
4795? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004796
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004797
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004798Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
4799========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004800
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004801TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004802
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004803For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004804
4805
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004806Environment Variables:
4807======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004808
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004809U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
4810can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004811
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004812Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
4813"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
4814without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
4815environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
4816working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
4817environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004818
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004819Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
4820
4821List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004822
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004823 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004824
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004825 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004826
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004827 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004828
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004829 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004830
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004831 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004832
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004833 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4834 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4835 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
4836 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
4837 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
4838 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004839 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
4840 bootm_mapsize.
4841
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004842 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004843 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
4844 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
4845 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
4846 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
4847 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
4848 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004849
4850 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4851 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4852 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
4853 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
4854 environment variable.
4855
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02004856 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
4857 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
4858 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
4859
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004860 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
4861 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
4862 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
4863 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004864
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004865 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
4866 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
4867 be automatically started (by internally calling
4868 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004869
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004870 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
4871 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
4872 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
4873 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
4874 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004875
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004876 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
4877 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00004878 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
4879 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
4880 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
4881 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
4882 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
4883 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
4884 access it during the boot procedure.
4885
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004886 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
4887 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
4888 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
4889 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
4890 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
4891 must be accessible by the kernel.
4892
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00004893 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
4894 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
4895 defined.
4896
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00004897 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
4898 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
4899 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
4900 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
4901 it must be saved and board must be reset.
4902
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004903 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
4904 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
4905 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
4906 is usually what you want since it allows for
4907 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
4908 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004909 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004910 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
4911 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
4912 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
4913 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004914
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004915 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
4916 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
4917 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
4918 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
4919 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
4920 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004921
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004922 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004923
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004924 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
4925 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
4926 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
4927 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
4928 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
4929 boot time on your system, but requires that this
4930 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00004931
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004932 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004933
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004934 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
4935 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004936
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004937 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004938
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004939 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00004940
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004941 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004942
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004943 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004944
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004945 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004946
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004947 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004948
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004949 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
4950 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004951
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02004952 => setenv ethact FEC
4953 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
4954 => setenv ethact SCC
4955 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004956
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01004957 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
4958 available network interfaces.
4959 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
4960
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004961 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004962 either succeed or fail without retrying.
4963 When set to "once" the network operation will
4964 fail when all the available network interfaces
4965 are tried once without success.
4966 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
4967 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004968
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01004969 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01004970
Simon Glass8d51aac2013-07-16 20:10:00 -07004971 silent_linux - If set then linux will be told to boot silently, by
4972 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
4973 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
4974 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
4975 is silent.
4976
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004977 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02004978 UDP source port.
4979
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004980 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
4981 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
4982
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004983 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
4984 we use the TFTP server's default block size
4985
4986 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
4987 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
4988 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
4989 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
4990 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
4991 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
4992 with unreliable TFTP servers.
4993
4994 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004995 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004996 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004997
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004998The following image location variables contain the location of images
4999used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
5000not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
5001variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
5002server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
5003loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
5004flash or offset in NAND flash.
5005
5006*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
5007boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
5008boards use these variables for other purposes.
5009
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005010Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
5011----- --------- ----------- --------------
5012u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
5013Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
5014device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
5015ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005016
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005017The following environment variables may be used and automatically
5018updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
5019depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005020
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005021 bootfile - see above
5022 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
5023 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
5024 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
5025 hostname - Target hostname
5026 ipaddr - see above
5027 netmask - Subnet Mask
5028 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
5029 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005030
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005031
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005032There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005033
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005034 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
5035 as type string and/or serial number
5036 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005037
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005038These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
5039the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
5040once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005041
5042
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005043Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005044
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005045 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
5046 with the "version" command. This variable is
5047 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005048
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005049
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005050Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
5051only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005052
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005053
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005054Callback functions for environment variables:
5055---------------------------------------------
5056
5057For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
5058when their values are changed. This functionailty allows functions to
5059be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
5060deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
5061effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
5062
5063The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
5064U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
5065
5066These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
5067static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
5068in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
5069associations. The list must be in the following format:
5070
5071 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
5072 list = entry[,list]
5073
5074If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
5075Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
5076
5077Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
5078with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
5079override any association in the static list. You can define
5080CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
5081".callbacks" envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
5082
5083
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005084Command Line Parsing:
5085=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005086
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005087There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
5088the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005089
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005090Old, simple command line parser:
5091--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005092
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005093- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
5094- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005095- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005096- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
5097 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005098 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005099- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
5100 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005101
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005102Hush shell:
5103-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005104
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005105- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
5106 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
5107 until...do...done, ...
5108- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
5109 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
5110 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
5111 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005112
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005113General rules:
5114--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005115
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005116(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
5117 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
5118 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
5119 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005120
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005121(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005122 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005123 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
5124 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005125
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005126Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
5127=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005128
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005129Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005130such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
5131"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005132
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005133Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
5134MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
5135"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005136
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005137If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
5138in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
5139ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
5140variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005141
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005142o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
5143 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005144
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005145o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
5146 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
5147 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005148
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005149o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
5150 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005151
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005152o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
5153 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
5154 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005155
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005156o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
5157 is raised.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005158
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005159If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005160will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005161may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
5162The naming convention is as follows:
5163"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005164
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005165Image Formats:
5166==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005167
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01005168U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
5169images in two formats:
5170
5171New uImage format (FIT)
5172-----------------------
5173
5174Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
5175to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
5176components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
5177SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
5178
5179
5180Old uImage format
5181-----------------
5182
5183Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
5184preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
5185details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005186
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005187* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
5188 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05005189 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
5190 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
5191 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk7b64fef2006-10-24 14:21:16 +02005192* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005193 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
5194 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005195* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
5196* Load Address
5197* Entry Point
5198* Image Name
5199* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005200
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005201The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
5202and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
5203CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005204
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005205
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005206Linux Support:
5207==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005208
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005209Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
5210easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
5211U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005212
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005213U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
5214special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
5215"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
5216instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
5217serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005218
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005219- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
5220 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
5221 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005222
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005223- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
5224 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005225
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005226- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
5227 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
5228 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
5229 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
5230 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
5231 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005232
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005233
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005234Linux HOWTO:
5235============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005236
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005237Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
5238---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005239
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005240U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
5241configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
5242(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
5243Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005244
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005245But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005246
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005247Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
5248include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02005249Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
5250and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005251as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005252
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005253
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005254Configuring the Linux kernel:
5255-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005256
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005257No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
5258device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005259
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005260
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005261Building a Linux Image:
5262-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005263
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005264With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
5265not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
5266"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
5267U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
5268which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
5269100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005270
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005271Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005272
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005273 make TQM850L_config
5274 make oldconfig
5275 make dep
5276 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005277
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005278The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
5279encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
5280CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005281
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005282* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005283
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005284* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005285
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005286 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
5287 -R .note -R .comment \
5288 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005289
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005290* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005291
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005292 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005293
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005294* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005295
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005296 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
5297 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
5298 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005299
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005300
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005301The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
5302with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
5303combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
5304byte header containing information about target architecture,
5305operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
5306stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005307
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005308"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
5309print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005310
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005311In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
5312contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
5313checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005314
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005315 tools/mkimage -l image
5316 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005317
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005318The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
5319from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005320
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005321 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
5322 -n name -d data_file image
5323 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
5324 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
5325 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5326 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
5327 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
5328 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
5329 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
5330 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005331
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00005332Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
5333address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
5334kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005335
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005336- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
5337- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005338
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005339So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005340
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005341 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5342 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005343 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005344 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
5345 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5346 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5347 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5348 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5349 Load Address: 0x00000000
5350 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005351
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005352To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005353
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005354 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
5355 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5356 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5357 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5358 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5359 Load Address: 0x00000000
5360 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005361
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005362NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
5363speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
5364needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
5365need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005366
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005367 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005368 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5369 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005370 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005371 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
5372 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5373 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5374 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
5375 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
5376 Load Address: 0x00000000
5377 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005378
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005379
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005380Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
5381when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005382
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005383 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
5384 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
5385 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
5386 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5387 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
5388 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5389 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
5390 Load Address: 0x00000000
5391 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005392
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07005393The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i"
5394option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d"
5395option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file"
5396from the image:
5397
5398 tools/dumpimage -i image -p position data_file
5399 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file', \
5400 indexed by 'position'
5401
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005402
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005403Installing a Linux Image:
5404-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005405
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005406To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
5407you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005408
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005409 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005410
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005411The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
5412image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
5413address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
5414specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
5415command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005416
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005417Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
5418TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005419
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005420 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005421
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005422 .......... done
5423 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005424
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005425 => loads 40100000
5426 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5427 ~>examples/image.srec
5428 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
5429 ...
5430 15989 15990 15991 15992
5431 [file transfer complete]
5432 [connected]
5433 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005434
5435
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005436You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005437this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005438corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005439
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005440 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005441
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005442 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5443 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5444 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5445 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5446 Load Address: 00000000
5447 Entry Point: 0000000c
5448 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005449
5450
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005451Boot Linux:
5452-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005453
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005454The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
5455memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
5456of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
5457parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
5458"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005459
5460
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005461 => printenv bootargs
5462 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005463
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005464 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005465
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005466 => printenv bootargs
5467 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005468
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005469 => bootm 40020000
5470 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
5471 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
5472 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5473 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
5474 Load Address: 00000000
5475 Entry Point: 0000000c
5476 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5477 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5478 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
5479 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5480 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5481 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5482 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
5483 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005484
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005485If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005486the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
5487format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005488
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005489 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005490
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005491 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5492 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5493 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5494 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5495 Load Address: 00000000
5496 Entry Point: 0000000c
5497 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005498
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005499 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
5500 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5501 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5502 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5503 Load Address: 00000000
5504 Entry Point: 00000000
5505 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005506
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005507 => bootm 40100000 40200000
5508 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
5509 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5510 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5511 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5512 Load Address: 00000000
5513 Entry Point: 0000000c
5514 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5515 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5516 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
5517 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5518 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5519 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5520 Load Address: 00000000
5521 Entry Point: 00000000
5522 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5523 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
5524 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
5525 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
5526 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5527 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5528 ...
5529 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
5530 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005531
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005532 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005533
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005534Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
5535-----------
5536
5537First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
5538titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
5539following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
5540flat device tree:
5541
5542=> print oftaddr
5543oftaddr=0x300000
5544=> print oft
5545oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
5546=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
5547Speed: 1000, full duplex
5548Using TSEC0 device
5549TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
5550Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
5551Load address: 0x300000
5552Loading: #
5553done
5554Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
5555=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
5556Speed: 1000, full duplex
5557Using TSEC0 device
5558TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
5559Filename 'uImage'.
5560Load address: 0x200000
5561Loading:############
5562done
5563Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
5564=> print loadaddr
5565loadaddr=200000
5566=> print oftaddr
5567oftaddr=0x300000
5568=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
5569## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005570 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
5571 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5572 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005573 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005574 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005575 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5576 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5577Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
5578Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
5579Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
5580[snip]
5581
5582
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005583More About U-Boot Image Types:
5584------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005585
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005586U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005587
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005588 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
5589 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
5590 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
5591 the Standalone Program.
5592 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
5593 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
5594 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
5595 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
5596 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
5597 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
5598 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
5599 being started.
5600 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
5601 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
5602 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
5603 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
5604 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
5605 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005606
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005607 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
5608 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
5609 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
5610 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
5611 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
5612 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005613
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005614 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
5615 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
5616 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005617
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005618 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
5619 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
5620 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
5621 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005622
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00005623Booting the Linux zImage:
5624-------------------------
5625
5626On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
5627using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
5628as the syntax of "bootm" command.
5629
Tom Rini8ac28562013-05-16 11:40:11 -04005630Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut017e1f32012-03-18 11:47:58 +00005631kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
5632address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
5633format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
5634
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005635
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005636Standalone HOWTO:
5637=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005638
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005639One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
5640run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
5641U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005642
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005643Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005644
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005645"Hello World" Demo:
5646-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005647
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005648'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
5649application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
5650It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
5651like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005652
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005653 => loads
5654 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5655 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
5656 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5657 [file transfer complete]
5658 [connected]
5659 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005660
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005661 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
5662 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5663 Hello World
5664 argc = 7
5665 argv[0] = "40004"
5666 argv[1] = "Hello"
5667 argv[2] = "World!"
5668 argv[3] = "This"
5669 argv[4] = "is"
5670 argv[5] = "a"
5671 argv[6] = "test."
5672 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
5673 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005674
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005675 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005676
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005677Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
5678handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
5679Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
5680The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
5681character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
5682controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005683
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005684 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
5685 b - enable interrupts and start timer
5686 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
5687 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005688
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005689 => loads
5690 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5691 ~>examples/timer.srec
5692 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5693 [file transfer complete]
5694 [connected]
5695 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005696
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005697 => go 40004
5698 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5699 TIMERS=0xfff00980
5700 Using timer 1
5701 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005702
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005703Hit 'b':
5704 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
5705 Enabling timer
5706Hit '?':
5707 [q, b, e, ?] ........
5708 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
5709Hit '?':
5710 [q, b, e, ?] .
5711 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
5712Hit '?':
5713 [q, b, e, ?] .
5714 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
5715Hit '?':
5716 [q, b, e, ?] .
5717 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
5718Hit 'e':
5719 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
5720Hit 'q':
5721 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005722
5723
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005724Minicom warning:
5725================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005726
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005727Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
5728"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
5729consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
5730Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
5731especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pince53515a2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00005732use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
5733http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
5734for help with kermit.
5735
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005736
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005737Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
5738configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005739
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005740 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
5741 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
5742 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005743
5744
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005745NetBSD Notes:
5746=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005747
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005748Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
5749(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005750
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005751Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
5752NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
5753need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
5754Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
5755attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
5756missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005757
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005758 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
5759 # mkdir powerpc
5760 # ln -s powerpc machine
5761 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
5762 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005763
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005764Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
5765and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005766
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005767Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
5768stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
5769proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
5770tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00005771meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005772
5773
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005774Implementation Internals:
5775=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005776
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005777The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
5778implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
5779inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
5780hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005781
5782
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005783Initial Stack, Global Data:
5784---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005785
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005786The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
5787starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
5788system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
5789This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
5790is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
5791at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
5792options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
5793models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
5794MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
5795locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005796
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005797 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005798 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005799
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005800 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
5801 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
5802 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
5803 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005804
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005805 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
5806 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
5807 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
5808 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
5809 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005810 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005811 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
5812 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005813
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005814 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
5815 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005816 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005817 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
5818 board designers haven't used it for something that would
5819 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
5820 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005821
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005822 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005823 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
5824 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02005825 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005826 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
5827 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
5828 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
5829 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
5830 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005831
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005832 -Chris Hallinan
5833 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005834
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005835It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
5836code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005837
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005838* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
5839 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005840
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005841* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005842 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
5843 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005844
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005845* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
5846 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005847
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005848Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
5849normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
5850turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
5851simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
5852functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
5853functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
5854the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
5855place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
5856reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005857
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005858When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
5859relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
5860GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005861
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005862For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
5863 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005864 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005865 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
5866 R5-R10: parameter passing
5867 R13: small data area pointer
5868 R30: GOT pointer
5869 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005870
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01005871 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
5872 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
5873 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005874
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005875 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005876
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005877 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
5878 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
5879 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
5880 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
5881 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
5882 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005883
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005884On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005885 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
5886
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005887 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005888
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005889On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005890
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005891 R0: function argument word/integer result
5892 R1-R3: function argument word
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02005893 R9: platform specific
5894 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005895 R11: argument (frame) pointer
5896 R12: temporary workspace
5897 R13: stack pointer
5898 R14: link register
5899 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005900
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02005901 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
5902
5903 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005904
Thomas Chou0df01fd2010-05-21 11:08:03 +08005905On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
5906 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
5907
5908 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
5909
5910 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
5911 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
5912
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005913On NDS32, the following registers are used:
5914
5915 R0-R1: argument/return
5916 R2-R5: argument
5917 R15: temporary register for assembler
5918 R16: trampoline register
5919 R28: frame pointer (FP)
5920 R29: global pointer (GP)
5921 R30: link register (LP)
5922 R31: stack pointer (SP)
5923 PC: program counter (PC)
5924
5925 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
5926
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02005927NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
5928or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005929
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005930Memory Management:
5931------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005932
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005933U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
5934MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005935
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005936The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
5937controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
5938memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
5939physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005940
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005941U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
5942TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
5943booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
5944to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005945memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005946configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
5947Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005948
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005949Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
5950of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005951
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005952So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
5953this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005954
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005955 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
5956 :
5957 0x0000 1FFF
5958 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
5959 :
5960 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005961
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005962 :
5963 :
5964 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
5965 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
5966 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
5967 :
5968 0x00FD FFFF
5969 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
5970 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
5971 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
5972 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005973
5974
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005975System Initialization:
5976----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005977
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005978In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005979(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005980configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
5981To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
5982To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
5983initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
5984which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
5985part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
5986the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005987
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005988Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
5989preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
5990(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
5991on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
5992programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
5993simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
5994banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005995
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005996When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
5997different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
5998bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
59990x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
6000contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006001
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006002Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
6003and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
6004Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
6005pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006006
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006007Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
6008until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
6009running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
6010new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006011
6012
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006013U-Boot Porting Guide:
6014----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006015
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006016[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
6017list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006018
6019
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006020int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006021{
6022 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006023
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006024 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
6025 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006026
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006027 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006028 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006029 return 0;
6030 }
6031
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006032 Download latest U-Boot source;
6033
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006034 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006035
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006036 if (clueless)
6037 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006038
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006039 while (learning) {
6040 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006041 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
6042 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006043 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006044 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006045 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006046
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006047 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
6048 Buy a BDI3000;
6049 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006050 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006051
6052 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
6053 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
6054 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
6055 } else {
6056 Create your own board support subdirectory;
6057 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006058 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006059 Edit new board/<myboard> files
6060 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006061
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006062 while (!accepted) {
6063 while (!running) {
6064 do {
6065 Add / modify source code;
6066 } until (compiles);
6067 Debug;
6068 if (clueless)
6069 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
6070 }
6071 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
6072 if (reasonable critiques)
6073 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
6074 else
6075 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006076 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006077
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006078 return 0;
6079}
6080
6081void no_more_time (int sig)
6082{
6083 hire_a_guru();
6084}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006085
6086
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006087Coding Standards:
6088-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006089
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006090All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006091coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006092"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006093
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006094Source files originating from a different project (for example the
6095MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
6096reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
6097sources.
6098
6099Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
6100Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
6101in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006102
6103Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
6104- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006105- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006106- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006107- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006108- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
6109
6110Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
6111with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006112
6113
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006114Submitting Patches:
6115-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006116
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006117Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
6118establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
6119may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006120
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02006121Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006122
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006123Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
6124see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
6125
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006126When you send a patch, please include the following information with
6127it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006128
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006129* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
6130 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
6131 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006132
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006133* For new features: a description of the feature and your
6134 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006135
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006136* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
6137
6138* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
6139
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +02006140* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
6141 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006142
6143* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
6144 document these in the README file.
6145
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006146* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
6147 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006148 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006149 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
6150 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006151
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006152 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
6153 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
6154 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006155
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006156 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
6157 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
6158 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
6159 affected files).
6160
6161 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
6162 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006163
6164* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
6165 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
6166
6167* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
6168 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
6169
6170
6171Notes:
6172
6173* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
6174 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
6175 for any of the boards.
6176
6177* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
6178 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
6179 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
6180
6181* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
6182 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
6183 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
6184 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
6185 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
6186 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00006187
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006188* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
6189 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
6190 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
6191 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.